Add Japanese translation

2 files changed, 13282 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/docs/installer/ja.po b/docs/installer/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0a97e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/installer/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,3947 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+# taro yamada <riokoko5@gmail.com>, 2016
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-10 16:29+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-27 07:46+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: taro yamada <riokoko5@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/ja/)\n"
+"Language: ja\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:25
+msgid "License and Release Notes"
+msgstr "ライセンスとリリース ノート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\" revision=\"4\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license."
+"png\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im2\" "
+"revision=\"5\" align=\"center\" condition=\"live\" format=\"PNG\" fileref="
+"\"live-license.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:40
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "使用許諾に同意する"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> をインストールする前に使用許諾をお読みくだ"
+"さい。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:63
+msgid "Release Notes"
+msgstr "リリースノート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/acceptLicense.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Important information are given about this release of <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and are accessible clicking on the <guibutton>Release Notes</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:2 en/DrakLive.xml:1
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "ja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
+msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
+msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
+msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are updating a 64 bit installation which may contain some 32 bit "
+"packages, it is advised to use this screen to add an online mirror by "
+"ticking one of the Network protocols here. The 64 bit DVD iso only contains "
+"64 bit and noarch packages, it will not be able to update the 32 bit "
+"packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the "
+"needed 32 bit packages there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:3
+msgid "User and Superuser Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
+#.        screen), marja, 20120409
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/addUser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"live-user1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:39
+msgid "Set Administrator (root)  Password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:61
+msgid "Enter a user"
+msgstr "ユーザ名を入力"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
+"anything else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"users icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
+"write protected) home directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
+"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
+"is both read and write protected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
+"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s)  after reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
+"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
+"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:115
+msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/addUser.xml:122
+msgid "Advanced User Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:129
+msgid "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/addUser.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
+msgid "Choose the mount points"
+msgstr "マウントポイントを選択"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-chooseMountpoints."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"live-chooseMountPoints-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:10
+msgid "Clock settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-bestTime.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bestTime-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"In this step, you have to select on which time your internal clock is set, "
+"either local time or UTC time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/bestTime.xml:23
+msgid "In advanced tab, you will find more options about clock settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:3
+msgid "Boot Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:8
+msgid "Booting the medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:13
+msgid "From a disc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can boot directly from the media you used to burn your image (CD-ROM, "
+"DVD-ROM...). You usually just need to insert it in your CD/DVD drive for the "
+"bootloader to launch the installation automatically after rebooting the "
+"computer. If that does not happen you may need to reconfigure your BIOS or "
+"press one key that will offer you to choose the peripheral from which the "
+"computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"According to which hardware you have, and how it is configured, you get "
+"either one or another of the two screens below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:29
+msgid "From a USB device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"You can boot from the USB device on which you dumped your image ISO. "
+"According to your BIOS settings, the computer boots perhaps directly on the "
+"USB device already plugged in a port. If that does not happen you may need "
+"to reconfigure your BIOS or press one key that will offer you to choose the "
+"peripheral from which the computer will boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:43
+msgid "In BIOS/CSM/Legacy mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:47
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-bootCSM.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:52
+msgid "First screen while booting in BIOS mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:56
+msgid "In the middle menu, you have the choice between three actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Boot Mageia: That means Mageia 5 will start from the connected media (CD/DVD "
+"or USB stick) without writing anything on the disk, so expect a very slow "
+"system. Once the boot is done, you can proceed to the installation on a hard "
+"disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Install Mageia: This choice will directly install Mageia on a hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Boot from hard disk: This choice allows to boot from hard disk, as usual, "
+"when no media (CD/DVD or USB stick) is connected. (not working with Mageia "
+"5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:79
+msgid "In the bottom menu, are the Boot Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"F1 - Help. Explain the options \"splash\", \"apm\", \"acpi\" and \"Ide\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:88
+msgid "F2 - Language. Choose the display language of the screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:93
+msgid "F3 - Screen resolution. Choose between text, 640x400, 800x600, 1024x728"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"F4 - CD-Rom. CD-Rom or Other. Normally, the installation is performed from "
+"the inserted installation medium. Here, select other sources, like FTP or "
+"NFS servers. If the installation is carried out in a network with an SLP "
+"server, select one of the installation sources available on the server with "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"F5 - Driver. Yes or No. The system is aware about the presence of an "
+"optional disk with a driver update and will require its insertion during "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"F6 - Kernel options. This is a way to specify options according to your "
+"hardware and the drivers to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:120
+msgid "In UEFI mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-"
+"bootUEFI.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootUEFI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:129
+msgid "First screen while booting on UEFI system from disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"You have only the choice to run Mageia in Live mode (first choice)  or to "
+"process the installation (second choice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"If you booted from a USB stick, you get two supplemental lines which are a "
+"duplicata of the previous lines suffixed with \"USB\". You have to choose "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/bootLive.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"In each case, the first steps will be the same to choose language, timezone "
+"and keyboard, then the processes differ, with <link linkend=\"testing"
+"\">additional steps in Live mode</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
+msgid "Desktop Selection"
+msgstr "デスクトップの選択"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
+msgid "Package Group Selection"
+msgstr "パッケージグループを選択"
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
+msgid "Workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27
+msgid "Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31
+msgid "Graphical Environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install (without or with X &amp; IceWM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
+msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:12
+msgid "Configure your Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:34
+msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureServices.xml:41
+msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:3
+msgid "Configure your Timezone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata xml:id="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-timeZone.png\" condition=\"live\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
+msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+msgid "vendor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31
+msgid "then the name of your card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35
+msgid "and the type of card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
+msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
+msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
+msgid "Choosing your Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
+msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
+msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
+msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
+msgid "the monitor manufacturers name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77
+msgid "the monitor description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82
+msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:20
+msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
+"align=\"center\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject condition='live' > <imagedata "
+"fileref=\"live-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s)  here. You can remove or create "
+"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even "
+"view what is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:57
+msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:60
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI "
+"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure>
+#: en/diskdrake.xml:68 en/installer.xml:41
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:7
+msgid "Partitioning"
+msgstr "パーティションの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:27
+msgid "Use Existing Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:36
+msgid "Use Free Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:44
+msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"With this option, the installer displays the remaining Windows partition in "
+"light blue and the future Mageia partition in dark blue with their intended "
+"sizes just under. You have the possibility to adapt these sizes by clicking "
+"and dragging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:78
+msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:81
+msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
+msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:94
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "カスタム"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Partitions sizing:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"The installer will share the available place out according to the following "
+"rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is lower than 50 GB, only one partition is "
+"created for /, there is no separate partition for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"If the total available place is over 50 GB, then three partitions are created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"6/19 of the total available place is allocated to / with a maximum of 50 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:125
+msgid "1/19 is allocated to swap with a maximum of 4 GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:129
+msgid "the rest (at least 12/19) is allocated to /home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"That means that from 160 GB and over of available place, the installer will "
+"create three partitions: 50 GB for /, 4 GB for swap and the rest for /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"If you are using an UEFI system, the ESP (EFI System Partition) will be "
+"automatically detected, or created if it does not exist yet, and mounted on /"
+"boot/EFI. The \"Custom\" option is the only one that allows to check it has "
+"been correctly done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:155
+msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:157
+msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:4 en/DrakLive-cover.xml:30 en/DrakLive.xml:3
+msgid "Installation from LIVE medium"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
+msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:10
+msgid "January 2015"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 5"
+msgstr "Mageia 5"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:15
+msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:17
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:21 en/DrakLive.xml:12 en/DrakX-cover.xml:21
+#: en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:24 en/DrakLive.xml:15 en/DrakX-cover.xml:24
+#: en/DrakX.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:26 en/DrakLive.xml:17 en/DrakX-cover.xml:26
+#: en/DrakX.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:31 en/DrakLive.xml:6 en/DrakX-cover.xml:37
+#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:32 en/DrakLive.xml:7 en/DrakX-cover.xml:38
+#: en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/DrakLive-cover.xml:35 en/DrakLive.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:41
+#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
+msgid "February 2014"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
+msgid "Mageia 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:4
+msgid "Congratulations"
+msgstr "おめでとうございます"
+
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
+#.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:31
+msgid "Enjoy!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/exitInstall.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
+msgid "Formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition='live'> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"live-formatPartitions."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"live-formatPartitions-im1\"> "
+"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:34
+msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/formatPartitions.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:17
+msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:34
+msgid "Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure>
+#: en/installer.xml:33
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Here are the default welcome screens when using a Mageia DVD, The first one "
+"with a legacy system and the second one with an UEFI system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2 (Legacy mode only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:71
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:91
+msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Add some kernel options by pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">F6</"
+"emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</"
+"emphasis> key for the UEFI mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:109
+msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
+"performances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:140
+msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\" align=\"center\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:171
+msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options"
+"\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:183
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:189
+msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installer.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:200
+msgid "The installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:228
+msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:234
+msgid "No Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:258
+msgid "The Install Freezes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:270
+msgid "RAM problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/installer.xml:281
+msgid "Dynamic partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/installer.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:3
+msgid "Updates"
+msgstr "更新"
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/installUpdates.xml:28
+msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/login.xml:3
+msgid "Login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/login.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"login-"
+"im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-login.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject><caption><para>
+#: en/login.xml:12
+msgid "KDM login screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:16
+msgid "Finally, you will come to the login screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Enter your user name and user password, and in a few seconds you will find "
+"yourself with a loaded KDE or GNOME desktop, depending on which live medium "
+"you used. You can now start using your Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/login.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can find another part of our documentation in <link linkend=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:3
+msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/media_selection.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:12
+msgid "Minimal Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If desired, you can additionally tick the \"Individual package selection\" "
+"option in the same screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with the "
+"\"Individual package selection\" option mentioned above, to fine-tune your "
+"installation, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If selected, \"With X\" will also include IceWM as lightweight desktop "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The basic documentation is provided in the form of man and info pages.  It "
+"contains the man pages from the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.tldp.org/"
+"manpages/man.html\">Linux Documentation Project</link> and the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/\">GNU coreutils</link> "
+"info pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/minimal-install.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:3
+msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
+#. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:45
+msgid "System parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:50
+msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:58
+msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:67
+msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:69
+msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:75
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:80
+msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:89
+msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:99
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:106
+msgid "Hardware parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:111
+msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:119
+msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:126
+msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:136
+msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:139
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:142
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:156
+msgid "Network and Internet parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:162
+msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:178
+msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:"
+msgstr "<guilabel>プロキシ</guilabel>:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:194
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "セキュリティ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:199
+msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:206
+msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:211
+msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/misc-params.xml:222
+msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/reboot.xml:9
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "再起動"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/reboot.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-reboot.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"reboot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/reboot.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Once the bootloader has been installed, you will be prompted to halt your "
+"computer, remove the live CD and restart the computer. When you restart, you "
+"will see a succession of download progress bars. These indicate that the "
+"software media are being downloaded (see Software management)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:12
+msgid "Security Level"
+msgstr "セキュリティレベル"
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:24
+msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/securityLevel.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5
+msgid "Select and use ISOs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "序文"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"Mageia is distributed via ISO images. This page will help you to choose "
+"which image match your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14
+msgid "There is two families of media:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Classical installer: After booting the media, it will follow a process "
+"allowing to choose what to install and how to configure your target system. "
+"This give you the maximal flexibility for a customized installation, in "
+"particular to choose which Desktop Environment you will install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"LIVE media: you can boot the media in a real Mageia system without "
+"installing it, to see what you will get after installation.  The "
+"installation process is simpler, but you get lesser choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:33
+msgid "Details are given in the next sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:37
+msgid "Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:40
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to "
+"install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO "
+"file is copied to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:50
+msgid "Classical installation media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:53 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:122
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228
+msgid "Common features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
+msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:69
+msgid "DVD"
+msgstr "DVD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
+msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
+msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94
+msgid "DVD dual arch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made "
+"automatically according to the detected CPU."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103
+msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, "
+"pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112
+msgid "It contains non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:119
+msgid "Live media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and "
+"optionally install Mageia on to your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
+msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:248
+msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146
+msgid "They contain non free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:152
+msgid "Live CD KDE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:156 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:192
+msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252
+msgid "English language only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182
+msgid "32 bit only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:170
+msgid "Live CD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:174 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:210
+msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:188
+msgid "Live DVD KDE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:214
+msgid "All languages are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:206
+msgid "Live DVD GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:225
+msgid "Boot-only CD media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages "
+"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be "
+"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a "
+"PC that can't boot from a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:258
+msgid "boot.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269
+msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:282
+msgid "Downloading and Checking Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the "
+"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
+"http is chosen, you may also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Keep one of them <link linkend=\"integrity\">for further usage</link>. "
+"Then this window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:304
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
+msgid "Check the radio button Save File."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313
+msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
+msgid ""
+"Both checksums are hexadecimal numbers calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a "
+"failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:323
+msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:345
+msgid "Burn or dump the ISO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352
+msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:354
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:361
+msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:363
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick "
+"and then use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
+msgid ""
+"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system "
+"on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will "
+"be reduced to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:372
+msgid ""
+"To recover the original capacity, you must redo partitioning and re-format "
+"the USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:378
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:382
+msgid "Using a graphical tool within Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:384
+msgid "You could try:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link> using "
+"the \"ISO image\" option;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394
+msgid "Using Command line within a GNU/Linux system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"It is potentially *dangerous* to do this by hand. You risk to overwrite a "
+"disc partition if you get the device-ID wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:401
+msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:405
+msgid "Open a console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:409
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final '-' )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:413
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
+msgid ""
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any "
+"application or file manager that could access or read it)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:426
+msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:429
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:434
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can get the device name with the command <code>dmesg</"
+"code>: at end, you see the device name starting with <emphasis>sd</"
+"emphasis>, and <emphasis>sdd</emphasis> in this case:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:439
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[72594.604531] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 27 using xhci_hcd\n"
+"[72594.770528] usb 1-1: New USB device found, idVendor=8564, idProduct=1000\n"
+"[72594.770533] usb 1-1: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3\n"
+"[72594.770536] usb 1-1: Product: Mass Storage Device\n"
+"[72594.770537] usb 1-1: Manufacturer: JetFlash\n"
+"[72594.770539] usb 1-1: SerialNumber: 18MJTWLMPUCC3SSB\n"
+"[72594.770713] usb 1-1: ep 0x81 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.770719] usb 1-1: ep 0x2 - rounding interval to 128 microframes, ep desc says 255 microframes\n"
+"[72594.771122] usb-storage 1-1:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
+"[72594.772447] scsi host8: usb-storage 1-1:1.0\n"
+"[72595.963238] scsi 8:0:0:0: Direct-Access     JetFlash Transcend 2GB    1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4\n"
+"[72595.963626] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] 4194304 512-byte logical blocks: (2.14 GB/2.00 GiB)\n"
+"[72595.964104] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Write Protect is off\n"
+"[72595.964108] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00\n"
+"[72595.965025] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] No Caching mode page found\n"
+"[72595.965031] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Assuming drive cache: write through\n"
+"[72595.967251]  <emphasis>sdd</emphasis>: sdd1\n"
+"[72595.969446] sd 8:0:0:0: [sdd] Attached SCSI removable disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:460
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example <code>/"
+"dev/sdb</code> in the screenshot above, it is a 8GB USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:466
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:469
+msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:471
+msgid ""
+"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/"
+"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:477
+msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:481
+msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:13
+msgid "Select your Country / Region"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:46
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/selectCountry.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
+msgid "Install or Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "インストール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:3
+msgid "Select keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"selectKeyboardLive-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"live-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboardLive.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You will be required to set the keyboard layout you wish to use in Mageia​​. "
+"The default one is selected according to your language and timezone "
+"previously selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
+msgid "Keyboard"
+msgstr "キーボード"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:15
+msgid "Please choose a language to use"
+msgstr "使用する言語を選んでください。"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition=\"classical\"> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref="
+"\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> <imageobject "
+"condition=\"live\"> <imagedata fileref=\"live-language.png\" format=\"\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:52
+msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that "
+"it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all "
+"installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/selectLanguage.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Select mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/selectMouse.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:16 en/setupBootloader.xml:17
+msgid "With a Bios system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
+"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
+"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+"choice while booting up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system.  Please don't "
+"just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:53 en/setupBootloader.xml:109
+msgid "With an UEFI system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"In this case you are using Grub2-efi and you cannot use this tool to edit "
+"entries at this step. To do that you need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/"
+"custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> instead. All you can "
+"do here, is to choose the default entry in the drop down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, another drop down "
+"list allows to choose the video resolution for Grub2 which is a graphical "
+"boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:7
+msgid "Bootloader main options"
+msgstr "ブートローダのメインオプション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"allow Mageia to create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:29
+msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:34
+msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+"(Master Boot Record)  of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
+"boot menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
+"legacy and Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
+"GRUB (legacy)  and will not be recognized if the default GRUB bootloader is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
+"the Summary page during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:61
+msgid "Using an existing bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"phase earlier, e.g. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:76
+msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:96
+msgid "Bootloader advanced option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot "
+"choose the boot loader since only Grub2-efi is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader2.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia is the first system installed on your computer, the installer "
+"created an ESP (EFI System Partition) to receive the bootloader (Grub2-efi). "
+"If there was already UEFI operating systems previously installed on your "
+"computer (Windows 8 for example), the Mageia installer detected the existing "
+"ESP created by Windows and added grub2-efi. Although it is possible to have "
+"several ESPs, only one is advised and enough whatever the number of "
+"operating systems you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/setupBootloader.xml:128
+msgid "Don't modify the \"Boot Device\" unless really knowing what you do."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
+msgid "Setup SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
+msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:11
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "サウンドの設定"
+
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:41
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "詳細"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/soundConfig.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
+msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject condition='live'> <imagedata fileref=\"live-takeOverHdConfirm."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject> "
+"<imageobject condition='classical'> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-"
+"takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:9
+msgid "Testing Mageia as Live system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:14
+msgid "Live mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:18
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You get this screen if you selected \"Boot Mageia\". If not, you get the "
+"\"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</link> step\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:28
+msgid "Testing hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"One of the Live mode goals is to test if the hardware is correctly managed "
+"by Mageia. You can check if all devices have a driver in the Hardware "
+"section of the Mageia Control Center. You can test the most current devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:38
+msgid "network interface: configure it with net_applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:42
+msgid "graphical card: if you see the previous screen, it's already OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:47
+msgid "webcam:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:51
+msgid "sound: a jingle has already been played"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:55
+msgid "printer: configure it and print a test page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:59
+msgid "scanner: scan a document from ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If all is OK for you, you can process to the installation. If not, you can "
+"leave with the quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><remark>
+#: en/testing.xml:66
+msgid "The configuration settings you made here are kept for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
+#: en/testing.xml:72
+msgid "Launch installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/testing.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-liveMode-install.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/testing.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"To launch the installation of Mageia LiveCD or Live DVD to the hard disc or "
+"SSD drive, simply click on the icon \"Install on Hard Disk\". You will get "
+"this screen, and then the \"<link linkend=\"doPartitionDisks\">Partitioning</"
+"link> step\" as for the direct installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3
+msgid "Uninstalling Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:9
+msgid "Howto"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short "
+"you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the "
+"possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select "
+"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will "
+"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on "
+"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -"
+"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. "
+"You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled "
+"<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. "
+"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</"
+"guibutton>. The space will be freed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it "
+"(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the "
+"existing partition that is at the left of the freed space.  There are other "
+"partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both "
+"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and "
+"make sure all important things have been backed up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/unused.xml:9
+msgid "Keep or delete unused material"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"live-unused.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"unused-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"In this step, the installer looks for unused locales packages and unused "
+"hardware packages. Then it proposes you to delete them. It is a good idea to "
+"accept, except if you prepare an installation which has to run on different "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/unused.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"live-unused-InstallationProgress.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/unused.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The next step is the copying of files on hard disk. This takes some minutes. "
+"At the end, you get a blank screen for some time, it's normal."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ja.po b/docs/mcc-help/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3918cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,9335 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
+#
+# Translators:
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-26 22:38+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-25 08:06+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/"
+"language/ja/)\n"
+"Language: ja\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
+msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "WebDAV 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセス"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --dav"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
+msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
+"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
+#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "序文"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
+"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
+"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
+"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
+msgid "Creating a new entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
+"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
+"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
+"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
+msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
+"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
+msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
+"access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
+msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
+msgstr "ハードディスクのパーティションを共有"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
+msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
+"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
+"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
+"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
+"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
+"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
+"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
+"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
+"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
+"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
+"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
+"required packages will be installed if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
+"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
+"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
+"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
+"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
+"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"have this facility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
+#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "ja"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
+msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "NFS 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセス"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
+msgid "."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
+"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
+msgid "Procedure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
+"which share directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
+"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
+"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
+"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
+"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"browser, for example in Dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
+msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
+msgid "CD/DVD burner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
+msgid "diskdrake --removable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
+msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
+"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
+"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
+msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
+"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
+"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
+msgid "Mount point"
+msgstr "マウントポイント"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "オプション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
+msgid "user/nouser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
+"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
+"the only one who can umount it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
+msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Windows (Samba) 共有ドライブ/ディレクトリにアクセス"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --smb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
+"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
+"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
+"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
+"have to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
+msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
+"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
+"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
+"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
+"with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
+msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
+msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
+"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
+"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
+msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:3
+msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:5
+msgid "drak3d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:10
+msgid "drak3d.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
+"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
+"default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:25
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
+"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
+"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:45
+msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
+"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
+"for the changes to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
+"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:59
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr "トラブルシューティング"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:62
+msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
+"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
+"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:71
+msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
+"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:9
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "認証"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:11
+msgid "drakauth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:16
+msgid "drakauth.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
+"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
+"and give information about that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
+msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
+msgstr "自動ログインを設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
+msgid "drakautologin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
+msgid "drakautologin.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
+"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
+"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
+"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
+"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
+msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
+"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
+"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up boot system"
+msgstr "起動システムを設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:5
+msgid "drakboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:10
+msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
+"slightly different as you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down "
+"list) since only one is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:20
+msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
+"boot, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
+"boot system\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
+"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
+"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
+"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu.  It is just a question "
+"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
+"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
+"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
+"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"In UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
+"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
+"to all operating systems installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
+"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
+"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
+"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
+"possible to set a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:60
+msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:63
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
+"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
+"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
+"compatible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:70
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
+"multicore processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
+"processor and enable SMP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
+"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
+"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
+"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
+"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
+"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:94
+msgid "drakboot1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on whether you have "
+"an <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> or <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:104
+msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
+"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
+"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item.  If you "
+"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
+"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
+"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
+"able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:116
+msgid "drakboot2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
+"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
+"example: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
+"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
+"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:131 en/drakboot.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
+"the kernel at boot time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
+"entry by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
+"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
+"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:145
+msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the drop-down list displays all the available entries; click "
+"on the one wanted as the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:152
+msgid "drakboot3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"To set many other parameters, you can use <emphasis>Grub Customize</"
+"emphasis>r, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:168
+msgid "drakboot4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
+msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
+msgid "drakbug_report"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
+msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
+msgid "lspci"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
+msgid "pci_devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
+msgid "dmidecode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
+msgid "fdisk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
+msgid "scsi"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
+msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
+msgid "lsmod"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
+msgid "cmdline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
+msgid "pcmcia: stab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
+msgid "usb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
+msgid "partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
+msgid "cpuinfo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
+msgid "syslog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
+msgid "Xorg.log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
+msgid "monitor_full_edid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
+msgid "stage1.log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
+msgid "ddebug.log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
+msgid "install.log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
+msgid "fstab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
+msgid "modprobe.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
+msgid "lilo.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
+msgid "grub: menu.lst"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
+msgid "grub: install.sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
+msgid "grub: device.map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
+msgid "xorg.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
+msgid "urpmi.cfg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
+msgid "modprobe.preload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
+msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
+msgid "/proc/iomem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
+msgid "/proc/ioport"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
+msgid "mageia version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
+msgid "rpm -qa"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
+msgid "df"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
+"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:9
+msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:9
+msgid "drakbug"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:15
+msgid "drakbug.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakbug.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
+"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
+"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:3
+msgid "Manage date and time"
+msgstr "日付と時間の管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:5
+msgid "drakclock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:10
+msgid "drakclock.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:21
+msgid "It's a very simple tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
+"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
+"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
+"nearest town."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "Remove a connection"
+msgstr "接続を削除"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "drakconnect --del"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
+msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
+"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
+"successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
+msgstr "新しいネットワークインターフェースを設定 (LAN, ISDN, ADSL など)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
+msgid "drakconnect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
+msgid "drakconnect.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
+"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
+"your access provider or your network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
+"and provider you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
+msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
+"to configure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
+msgid "Automatic IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
+msgid "drakconnect5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
+msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
+msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
+msgid "the DHCP client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
+msgid "DHCP timeout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
+msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
+msgid ""
+"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
+"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
+"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
+"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
+msgid "Manual configuration"
+msgstr "手動設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
+"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
+"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
+msgid "drakconnect30.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
+msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
+msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
+msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
+msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "なし"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
+msgid "drakconnect32.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
+msgid "A new DSL connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
+msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
+msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
+msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
+msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
+msgstr "手動による TCP/IP 設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
+msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
+msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
+msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
+msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
+msgid "Access settings"
+msgstr "アクセスの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
+msgid "Account Login (user name)"
+msgstr "アカウントのログイン (ユーザ名)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
+msgid "Account password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
+msgid "A new ISDN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
+msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
+msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
+msgid "External ISDN modem"
+msgstr "外付 ISDN モデム"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
+"Select your card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
+msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
+msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
+msgid "Connection name"
+msgstr "接続名"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
+msgid "Phone number"
+msgstr "電話番号"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
+msgid "Login ID"
+msgstr "ログイン ID"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
+msgid "Authentication method"
+msgstr "認証方法"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
+"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
+msgid "Domain name"
+msgstr "ドメイン名"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
+msgid "First and second DNS Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
+"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
+msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
+"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
+"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
+"the card has detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
+msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
+msgid "drakconnect31.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
+msgid "Operating mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
+msgid "Managed"
+msgstr "Managed"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
+msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
+msgid "Ad-Hoc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
+msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
+msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
+msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
+msgid "WPA/WPA2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
+msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
+msgid "WEP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
+msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
+msgid "Encryption key"
+msgstr "暗号鍵"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
+"manual IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
+"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
+"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
+"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
+"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
+"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
+"DHCP server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
+"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
+msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
+msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
+msgid ""
+"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
+msgid "Provide access settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
+msgid "Access Point Name"
+msgstr "アクセスポイント名"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
+msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
+msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
+msgid "Manual choice"
+msgstr "手動選択"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
+msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
+msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
+msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
+msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
+msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
+msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
+msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
+msgid "PAP/CHAP"
+msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
+msgid "Script-based"
+msgstr "スクリプトを使う認証"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
+msgid "PAP"
+msgstr "PAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
+msgid "Terminal-based"
+msgstr "ターミナルからの認証"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
+msgid "CHAP"
+msgstr "CHAP"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
+msgid "Ending the configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
+msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
+msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
+msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
+msgid ""
+"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
+"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
+"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
+msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
+msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
+msgid "MTU"
+msgstr "MTU"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
+msgid "Network Hotplugging"
+msgstr "Network Hotplugging"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
+msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
+msgstr "IPv6 to IPv4 トンネルを有効にする"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
+"immediately or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
+msgid "drakconnect9.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
+msgid "Open a console as administrator"
+msgstr "管理者権限でコンソールを開く"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
+msgid "drakconsole"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
+msgid "drakconsole.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
+msgid "Manage disk partitions"
+msgstr "ディスクパーティションを管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
+msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
+msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
+"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
+"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
+"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
+msgid "drakdisk.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
+"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
+"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
+"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
+"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
+"must be unmounted first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
+msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
+"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
+"is selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
+msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
+msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
+"seen in the screenshot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
+msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:5
+msgid "Set up display manager"
+msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:7
+msgid "drakedm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:12
+msgid "drakedm.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
+"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
+"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
+msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr "個人用ファイアウォールの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
+msgid "drakfirewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
+msgid "drakfirewall.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
+"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
+"security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
+"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
+"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
+"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
+"examples :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
+msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
+msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
+msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
+"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
+msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
+"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
+"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
+"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
+"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
+"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
+"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
+msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
+msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
+msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
+"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:3
+msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
+msgstr "フォントの管理・追加・削除と Windows® フォントのインポート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:6
+msgid "drakfont"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:11
+msgid "drakfont.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
+"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
+"above shows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:22
+msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:26
+msgid "a preview of the selected font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:30
+msgid "some buttons explained here later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:36
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:41
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:46
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
+"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
+"documents that use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:52
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
+"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
+"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:3
+msgid "Parental Controls"
+msgstr "パレンタルコントロール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:5
+msgid "drakguard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:10
+msgid "drakguard.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
+msgid "Presentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
+"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
+"useful capabilities:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
+"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:49
+msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
+"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
+"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
+"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
+"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
+"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
+"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
+"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
+"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
+"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
+"remove him/her from the allowed users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
+"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:83
+msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:90
+msgid "Block Programs Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"applications you wish to block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
+"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:9
+msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
+msgstr "他のローカルマシンとインターネット接続を共有"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:12
+msgid "drakgw"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:17
+msgid "drakgw.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:25
+msgid "Principles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:29
+msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
+"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
+"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
+"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
+"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
+"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
+"the Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
+"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:45
+msgid "Gateway wizard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
+"which are shown below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
+"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
+"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
+"what is proposed is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
+"specify the address of a DNS server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
+"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
+"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
+"printers and to share them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:109
+msgid "Configure the client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
+"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
+"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
+"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
+"gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:123
+msgid "Stop connection sharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
+msgid "Hosts definitions"
+msgstr "ホストの定義"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
+msgid "drakhosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
+msgid "drakhosts.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
+"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
+"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
+"instead of the IP-address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
+msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
+"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
+"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
+msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
+"same window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
+msgstr "ネットワークインターフェースとファイアウォールの高度な設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "drakinvictus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
+msgid "drakinvictus.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
+#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
+msgid "Network Center"
+msgstr "ネットワークセンター"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
+msgid "draknetcenter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
+msgid "draknetcenter.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
+"Center\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
+msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
+msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
+msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
+msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
+"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
+msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
+msgid "The Monitor button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
+msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
+"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
+"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
+"gives details about connection status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
+msgid "The Configure button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
+msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
+"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
+"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
+"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
+"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
+"have to reconnect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
+msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
+msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
+msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
+msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
+"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
+"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
+"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
+msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
+"in private networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
+"point while remaining connected to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
+msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
+msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
+msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "Manage different network profiles"
+msgstr "ネットワークプロファイルを管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "draknetprofile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
+msgid "draknetprofile.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:9
+msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
+msgstr "NFS を使ってドライブ/ディレクトリを共有"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:11
+msgid "draknfs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:16
+msgid "draknfs.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:24
+msgid "Prerequisites"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:33
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:42
+msgid "Main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
+"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
+"configuration tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:50
+msgid "Modify entry"
+msgstr "エントリを変更"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
+"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:58
+msgid "draknfs4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:64
+msgid "NFS Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
+"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:72
+msgid "Host access"
+msgstr "ホストアクセス"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:77
+msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
+"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
+"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
+"domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
+"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
+"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:96
+msgid "User ID Mapping"
+msgstr "ユーザ ID マッピング"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
+"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
+"the anonymous account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:118
+msgid "Advanced options"
+msgstr "上級オプション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
+"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
+"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
+"using this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
+"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
+"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
+"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
+"exports(5) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
+msgid "Menu entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:143
+msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:147
+msgid "draknfs5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
+msgid "File|Write conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:155
+msgid "Save the current configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:159
+msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:166
+msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
+msgid "Proxy"
+msgstr "プロクシ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
+msgid "drakproxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
+msgid "drakproxy.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control their complexity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
+msgid "Configure Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
+msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
+msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
+"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
+"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
+"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
+"media type CD-Rom)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
+"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
+"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
+"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
+"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
+msgid "The columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
+msgid "Column Enable:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
+"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
+msgid "Column Update:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
+"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
+"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
+"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
+msgid "Column medium:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
+"versions contain at least:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
+"available supported by Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
+"which are not free"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
+"might be patent claims in some countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
+msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
+"this version of Mageia was released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
+"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
+"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
+"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"corrections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
+msgid "The buttons on the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
+msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
+"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
+"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
+msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
+"proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
+msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
+"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
+"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
+msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
+msgid "The menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
+"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
+"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
+msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
+"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
+"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
+"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
+msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
+"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
+"according to the medium type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"default-, update only, always or never)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
+msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
+msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
+msgid "draksambashare"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
+msgid "draksambashare.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
+"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
+"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
+"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
+"resources of the Samba server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
+msgid "Preparation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
+"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
+"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
+"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
+"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
+msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
+msgid "draksambashare0.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
+msgid "draksambashare1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
+msgid "draksambashare2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
+msgid "Choose the security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
+"resource"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
+"each share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
+"address or host name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
+msgid "draksambashare3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
+"described in the Windows workstations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
+msgid "draksambashare4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
+msgid "draksambashare5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
+msgid "draksambashare6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
+msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
+msgid "draksambashare13.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
+"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
+"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
+"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
+"security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
+"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
+"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
+msgid "Declare a directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
+msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
+msgid "draksambashare15.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
+msgid "draksambashare16.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
+msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
+msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
+msgid "Samba server|Configure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
+msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
+msgid "Samba server|Restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
+msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
+msgid "Printers share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
+msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
+msgid "draksambashare17.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
+msgid "Samba users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
+msgid "draksambashare18.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
+"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
+"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksec.xml:3
+msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
+msgstr "Mageia ツールの認証を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksec.xml:6
+msgid "draksec"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:11
+msgid "draksec0.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
+"usually done by the administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
+"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
+msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
+msgid "Snapshots"
+msgstr "スナップショット"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
+msgid "draksnapshot-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
+msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
+"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
+"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksound.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr "サウンドの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksound.xml:5
+msgid "draksound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksound.xml:10
+msgid "draksound.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:14 en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
+"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
+"sound problems or if you change the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
+"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
+"possible for its enhanced features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
+"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
+"three buttons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksound.xml:49
+msgid "Draksound1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
+"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
+"for your device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
+"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
+"the community for help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
+msgstr "電源管理のための UPS を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "drakups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakups.xml:8
+msgid "drakups.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakups.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
+msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
+msgid "drakvpn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
+msgid "drakvpn1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
+"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
+"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
+"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
+"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
+"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
+"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
+msgid "Then give your connection a name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
+msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
+msgid "For Cisco VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
+msgid "drakvpn3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
+"first time the tool is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
+msgid "drakvpn7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
+"received from the network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
+msgid "Advanced parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
+msgid "drakvpn8.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
+msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "Configure webserver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard apache2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"web server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
+msgid "What is a web server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
+"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
+msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
+msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
+msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
+"things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
+msgid "Server User Module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
+msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
+msgid "User web directory name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
+"display it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
+msgid "Server Document Root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
+msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
+msgid "Summary"
+msgstr "まとめ"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
+msgid "Finish"
+msgstr "完了"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
+msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
+msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard bind"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
+msgid "Configure DHCP"
+msgstr "DHCP を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
+msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
+msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
+"interfaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
+msgid "What is DHCP?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
+"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
+"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
+"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
+msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
+msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
+msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
+msgid "Select IP range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
+"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
+"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
+"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
+msgid "Hold on..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
+"change things around."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
+msgid "Hours later..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
+msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
+msgid "What is done"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
+msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
+msgid "<code>hname</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
+msgid "<code>dns</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
+msgid "net"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
+msgid "ip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
+msgid "<code>mask</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
+msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
+msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
+msgid "<code>dname</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
+msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
+msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
+msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
+msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
+msgid "Configure time"
+msgstr "時刻を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
+msgid "drakwizard ntp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
+msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
+msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
+"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
+"because this server always points to available time servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
+msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
+msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
+msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
+"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
+"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
+msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
+msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
+msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
+msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
+"servers;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
+"name;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "Configure FTP"
+msgstr "FTP を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
+msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
+"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
+"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
+msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
+msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
+"things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
+msgid "Server Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
+"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
+msgid "Server Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
+msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
+msgid "Configure proxy"
+msgstr "プロキシを設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
+msgid "drakwizard squid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
+msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
+"before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
+msgid "What is a proxy server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
+msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
+msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
+msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
+msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
+msgid "Select Network Access Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
+msgid "Grant Network Access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
+msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
+msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
+msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
+msgid "Start during boot?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
+"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
+msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
+msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
+msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
+msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
+msgid "cache_mem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
+msgid "http_port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
+msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
+msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
+msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
+msgstr "OpenSSHデーモンの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
+msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
+msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
+"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
+"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
+msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
+msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
+msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
+msgid "General Options"
+msgstr "全般オプション"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
+msgid "Authentication Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
+"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
+msgid "Logging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
+msgid "Login Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
+msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
+msgid "User Login Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
+msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
+msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
+msgstr "システムサービスを有効化/無効化"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "drakxservices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
+msgid "drakxservices.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
+msgid "Hardware configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
+msgid "harddrake2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
+msgid "harddrake2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
+"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
+"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
+"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
+"lst</code> package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
+msgid "The window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
+msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
+"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
+"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
+"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
+"about the content of the fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
+"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
+"used by experts only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
+"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
+"enable automatic detection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
+msgid "modem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
+msgid "Jaz devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
+msgid "Zip parallel devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
+"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
+"be operational the next time this tool is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
+msgid "keyboarddrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
+msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
+"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
+"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
+"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
+"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
+msgid "Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
+msgid "Keyboard Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
+"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:10
+msgid "Manage localization for your system"
+msgstr "システムの言語を設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:13
+msgid "localedrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:18
+msgid "localedrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
+"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
+"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
+"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
+"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
+"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
+"countries not listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:38
+msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:42
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
+"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
+"Korean, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
+"users should not need to configure it manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
+"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
+"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:3
+msgid "View and search system logs"
+msgstr "システムログを見る"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:5
+msgid "logdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:10
+msgid "logdrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:22
+msgid "To do a search in the logs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:43
+msgid "To configure a mail alert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
+"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:55
+msgid "The following services can be watched :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:59
+msgid "Webmin Service"
+msgstr "Webmin サービス"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:63
+msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
+msgstr "Postfix メールサーバ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:67
+msgid "FTP Server"
+msgstr "FTP サーバ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:71
+msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
+msgstr "Apache WWW サーバ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:75
+msgid "SSH Server"
+msgstr "SSH サーバ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:79
+msgid "Samba Server"
+msgstr "samba サーバ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:83
+msgid "Xinetd Service"
+msgstr "Xinetd サービス"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:87
+msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:91
+msgid "logdrake1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
+"to 3 times the number of processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
+"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
+"or on the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
+msgid "lsnetdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
+msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
+msgid "lspcidrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
+"root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"packages to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
+msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
+"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
+msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
+msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
+msgid "Information about the network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
+msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
+msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
+"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
+msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
+"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
+msgid "Software Packages Update"
+msgstr "RPM のアップデート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
+msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
+msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
+"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
+"prompted to do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"means you can click to drop down a text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
+msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "起動"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
+msgid "mcc-boot.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
+"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
+msgid "Configure boot steps"
+msgstr "起動方法の設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
+msgid "Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr "Mageia コントロール センター"
+
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
+msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
+msgid "mageia-2013.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr "ハードウェア"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
+"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
+msgid "Manage your hardware"
+msgstr "ハードウェアの管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
+msgid "Configure graphics"
+msgstr "グラフィックスの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
+msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
+msgstr "マウスとキーボードの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
+msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
+msgstr "印刷とスキャンの設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr "その他"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
+msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
+"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
+"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
+"selected in the big right panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
+"any of the MCC tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
+"screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
+"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
+msgid "Local disks"
+msgstr "ローカルディスク"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
+msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
+"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
+msgid "Network Services"
+msgstr "ネットワークサービス"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
+"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
+msgid "Network Sharing"
+msgstr "ネットワーク共有"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
+"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
+msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
+msgstr "Windows(R) 共有の設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
+"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
+msgid "Configure NFS shares"
+msgstr "NFS 共有の設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
+msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
+msgstr "WebDAV 共有の設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
+msgid "Network and Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
+msgid "mcc-network.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
+msgid "Manage your network devices"
+msgstr "ネットワークデバイスの管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
+msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
+msgstr "ネットワークのカスタマイズと保護"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "セキュリティ"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
+msgid "mcc-security.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
+"link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
+"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr "共有"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:4
+msgid "System"
+msgstr "システム"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:9
+msgid "mcc-system.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
+"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:18
+msgid "Manage system services"
+msgstr "システムサービスを管理"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:35
+msgid "Localization"
+msgstr "ローカライゼーション"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:48
+msgid "Administration tools"
+msgstr "管理者用ツール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:62
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:66
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
+msgid "Configure updates frequency"
+msgstr "更新頻度の設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
+msgid "mgaapplet-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
+msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
+"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
+msgstr "マウスとタッチパッドを設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
+msgid "mousedrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
+msgid "mousedrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
+"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
+"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
+"immediately taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:3
+msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:5
+msgid "msecgui"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:13
+msgid "msecgui.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"approaches:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
+"make it more secure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
+"you if something seems dangerous."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:45
+msgid "Overview tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:47
+msgid "See the screenshot above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
+"button on the right side to configure them:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:59
+msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:64
+msgid "msec itself with some information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:68
+msgid "enabled or not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:72
+msgid "the configured Base security level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
+"and another button to execute the checks just now."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:86
+msgid "Security settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:94
+msgid "msecgui2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:100
+msgid "Basic security tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:103
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"following levels are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"vulnerable to attack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
+"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
+"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
+"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
+"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
+"versions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
+"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
+"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
+"level settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:170
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
+"enable it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:199
+msgid "System security tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:207
+msgid "msecgui3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
+"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
+"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
+"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:219
+msgid "msecgui11.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
+"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
+"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
+"saving them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:232
+msgid "msecgui10.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:238
+msgid "Network security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:245
+msgid "msecgui4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:251
+msgid "Periodic checks tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
+"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
+"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
+"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:264
+msgid "msecgui5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:270
+msgid "Exceptions tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"below shows four exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:280
+msgid "msecgui6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:289
+msgid "msecgui7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:293
+msgid ""
+"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:303
+msgid "Permissions"
+msgstr "権限"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
+"enforcement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
+"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
+"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
+"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
+"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
+"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:318
+msgid "msecgui8.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"if not, but does not change anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
+"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
+"permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:337
+msgid ""
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:339
+msgid ""
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:345
+msgid "msecgui9.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:348
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
+"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
+"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
+"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
+"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:356
+msgid ""
+"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
+"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:363
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
+"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
+"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
+"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
+"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
+msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
+msgid "And more tools?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
+msgid "rpmdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
+msgid "rpmdrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
+"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
+"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
+"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
+"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
+"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
+"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
+"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
+"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
+msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
+"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
+"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
+"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
+"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
+msgid "The main parts of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
+msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
+"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
+"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
+"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
+"not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
+"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
+"in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
+"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
+"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
+"box ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
+msgid "The status column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
+"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
+"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
+"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
+"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr "アイコン"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
+msgid "Legend"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
+msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
+msgid "This package is already installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
+msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
+msgid "This package will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
+msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
+msgid "This package cannot be modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
+msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
+msgid "This package is an update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
+msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
+msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
+msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
+"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
+"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
+"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
+msgid "The dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
+msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
+"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
+"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
+"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Set up scanner"
+msgstr "スキャナを設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
+msgid "scannerdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "インストール"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
+"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
+"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
+"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
+msgid "scannerdrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
+"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
+"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
+"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
+"scanner manually</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
+msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
+msgid "Choose port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
+msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
+"similar to the one below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
+msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
+msgid "Scannersharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
+msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
+"this machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
+"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
+"this computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
+"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
+msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
+msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
+msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
+msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
+msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
+msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
+"offers to do it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
+msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
+"\"net\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
+msgid "Specifics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
+msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
+"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
+msgid "Epson"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
+msgid "Extra installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
+"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
+"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
+"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
+"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
+"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
+"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
+msgid "Software Management"
+msgstr "ソフトウェアの管理"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/software-management.xml:10
+msgid "software-management.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:17
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
+"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
+msgid "Install and configure a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
+msgid "system-config-printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
+msgid "system-config-printer.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
+"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
+"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
+"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
+"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"and openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
+"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
+"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
+"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
+msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
+msgid "task-printing-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
+msgid "task-printing-hp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
+"dependencies are needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
+"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
+"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
+"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
+"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
+msgid "Automatically detected printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
+msgid "No automatically detected printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
+msgid "printer3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
+msgid "Select printer from database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
+msgid "provide PPD file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
+msgid "search for a driver to download"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
+"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
+"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
+"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
+"which know to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
+msgid "Complete the installation process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
+"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
+"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
+"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
+"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
+msgid "Network printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
+"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
+"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
+"after \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
+"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
+"says \"host\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
+"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
+"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
+msgid "Network printing protocols"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
+"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
+"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
+"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
+"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
+"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
+"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
+"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
+msgid "printer5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
+msgid "The other protocols are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
+"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
+"some ADSL-routers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
+"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
+"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
+"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using LPD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
+"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
+"the URI:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
+msgid "Appsocket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
+msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
+msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
+msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
+msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
+msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
+msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
+msgid "Device Properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
+msgid "Troubleshoot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
+"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
+"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
+"of the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
+"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
+"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
+"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
+"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
+"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
+"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
+"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
+msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
+msgstr "Windows® のドキュメントと設定をインポート"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
+msgid "transfugdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
+msgid "transfugdrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
+"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
+"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
+"explanation about the tool and import options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
+"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
+msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
+"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
+msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
+msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
+msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
+msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
+"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
+msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:11
+msgid "Users and Groups"
+msgstr "ユーザとグループ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:13
+msgid "userdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:18
+msgid "userdrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:37
+msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:41
+msgid "userdrake1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
+"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
+"or nothing as well!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:49
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
+"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
+"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
+"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
+"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
+"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:73
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
+"group ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:78
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
+"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:87
+msgid "userdrake2.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
+"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
+"as the account is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:98
+msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
+"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
+"password periodically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:106
+msgid "userdrake3.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
+"that the user is a member of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
+"effective until his/her next login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:118
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
+"group name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
+"users who are members of the group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:126
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:133
+msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:136
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:141
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
+"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
+"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
+"account</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the graphical server"
+msgstr "グラフィカルサーバを設定"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
+msgid "XFdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
+msgid "XFdrake.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
+msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
+"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
+"one with a proprietary driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
+"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
+"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
+"Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
+"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
+"in your Desktop Environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
+"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
+"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
+msgid "XFdrake1.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
+"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
+"of what the selected color depth looks like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
+"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
+"select an uncomfortable setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
+"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
+"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
+"graphical environment doesn't work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
+"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
+"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
+msgid "Options:"
+msgstr "オプション:"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
+"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
+"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
+"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
+"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
+msgstr ""